]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #6949 from poettering/restart-servers
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 235:
4
5 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
6 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
7 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
8 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
9 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
10 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
11 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
12 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
13
14 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
15 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
16 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
17 used to change those values.
18
19 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
20 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
21 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
22 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
23 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
24 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
25
26 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
27 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
28 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
29 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
30
31 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
32 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
33 one top-level directory.
34
35 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
36 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
37 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
38 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
39 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
40 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
41 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
42 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
43 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
44 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
45 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
46 directories.
47
48 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
49 Meson-only.
50
51 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
52 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
53 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
54 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
55 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
56 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
57 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
58 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
59 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
60 acceptable to us.
61
62 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
63 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
64 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
65 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
66 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
67 requested at build time.
68
69 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
70 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
71 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
72 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
73 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
74 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
75 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
76 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
77 Type= setting which permits configuring
78 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
79
80 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
81 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
82 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
83 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
84 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
85 local frames between bridge ports.
86
87 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
88 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
89 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
90
91 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
92 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
93
94 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
95 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
96 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
97 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
98
99 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
100 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
101 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
102 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
103 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
104 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
105 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
106 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
107
108 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
109 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
110 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
111 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
112 command.)
113
114 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
115 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
116 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
117
118 * New system call filter groups @setuid, @memlock, @signal and
119 @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
120 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
121 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
122
123 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
124 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
125 configured, except for the credentials applied by
126 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
127 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
128 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
129 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
130 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
131 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
132 on systems where this is not supported.
133
134 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
135 sockets.
136
137 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
138 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
139 during runtime.
140
141 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
142 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
143 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
144
145 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
146 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
147 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
148
149 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
150 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
151 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
152 Following this logic, two new special targets
153 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
154 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
155 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
156
157 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
158 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
159 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
160 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
161
162 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
163 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
164 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
165 --wait".
166
167 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
168 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
169 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
170 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
171 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
172 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
173 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
174 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
175 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
176
177 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
178 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
179 containing information about the consumed resources of this
180 invocation.
181
182 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
183 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
184 processes.
185
186 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
187 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
188 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
189 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
190 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
191 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
192 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
193 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
194 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
195 systems for all five operations.
196
197 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
198 the system.
199
200 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
201 than UTC or the local timezone.
202
203 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
204 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
205 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
206 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
207 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
208 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
209 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
210 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
211
212 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
213 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
214 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
215 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
216 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
217 again.
218
219 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
220 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
221 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
222
223 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
224 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
225 Burchardt, b1tninja, bengal, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
226 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Mack, Daniel Rusek,
227 dasj19, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal
228 Harouni, dkg, dmig, Dmitry Torokhov, ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
229 Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui, g0tar, Hans de Goede, Harald
230 Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
231 Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen, John Lin,
232 jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg Thalheim,
233 Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Michaud, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
234 Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn,
235 Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
236 Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss,
237 Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue,
238 Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer,
239 Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein
240 Husebø, userwithuid, Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho,
241 William Douglas, Xiang Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
242
243 — Berlin, 2017-10-XX
244
245 CHANGES WITH 234:
246
247 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
248 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
249 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
250 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
251 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
252 summary:
253
254 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
255
256 becomes:
257
258 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
259
260 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
261 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
262 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
263 .device units.
264
265 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
266 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
267 running a systemd user instance.
268
269 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
270 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
271 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
272 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
273 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
274 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
275
276 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
277
278 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
279 (domain search list).
280
281 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
282 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
283 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
284 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
285 implementation of RA.
286
287 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
288 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
289 ISO date values.
290
291 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
292 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
293 devices.
294
295 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
296 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
297 option.
298
299 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
300 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
301 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
302 default yet.
303
304 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
305 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
306 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
307 SHA256SUMS files.
308
309 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
310 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
311
312 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
313
314 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
315
316 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
317 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
318
319 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
320 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
321 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
322 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
323
324 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
325 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
326 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
327 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
328 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
329 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
330 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
331 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
332 systemd-logind to be safe. See
333 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
334
335 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
336 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
337 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
338 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
339 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
340 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
341
342 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
343 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
344 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
345 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
346 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
347 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
348 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
349 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
350 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
351 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
352 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
353 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
354 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
355 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
356 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
357 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
358 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
359 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
360 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
361 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
362 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
363 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
364 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
365 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
366 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
367 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
368 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
369 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
370 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
371 Георгиевски
372
373 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
374
375 CHANGES WITH 233:
376
377 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
378 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
379 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
380 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
381 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
382 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
383 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
384 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
385 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
386
387 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
388 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
389 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
390 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
391 default selected on the configure command line
392 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
393 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
394 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
395 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
396 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
397 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
398 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
399 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
400 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
401 greatest stability and compatibility only.
402
403 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
404 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
405 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
406 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
407 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
408 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
409 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
410 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
411 further details about this.)
412
413 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
414 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
415 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
416
417 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
418 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
419
420 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
421 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
422 with 'make install-tests'.
423
424 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
425 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
426 kernel.
427
428 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
429 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
430 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
431 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
432 by the Slice= option.
433
434 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
435 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
436 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
437 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
438
439 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
440 following choices:
441
442 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
443 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
444 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
445 (h)elp
446 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
447 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
448 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
449 (y)es, execute the command
450
451 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
452 because its meaning was confusing.
453
454 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
455 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
456
457 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
458 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
459 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
460
461 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
462 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
463 state directly, without executing these commands.
464
465 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
466 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
467 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
468
469 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
470 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
471 combination with After=) have been started.
472
473 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
474 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
475 setting, and which system calls they contain.
476
477 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
478 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
479 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
480 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
481 configuration related calls.
482
483 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
484 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
485 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
486 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
487 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
488 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
489 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
490
491 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
492 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
493
494 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
495 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
496 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
497
498 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
499 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
500
501 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
502 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
503 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
504 for compatibility.
505
506 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
507 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
508
509 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
510 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
511
512 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
513 support for negative matching.
514
515 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
516
517 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
518 permitted runtime of the mount command.
519
520 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
521 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
522 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
523 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
524 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
525 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
526 removed from the drive.
527
528 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
529 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
530
531 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
532 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
533
534 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
535 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
536 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
537
538 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
539 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
540 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
541 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
542 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
543 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
544 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
545
546 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
547 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
548 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
549 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
550 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
551 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
552
553 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
554 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
555
556 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
557 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
558 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
559 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
560 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
561 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
562 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
563 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
564
565 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
566 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
567 including all control processes.
568
569 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
570 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
571 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
572
573 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
574 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
575 prefixing the source path with "+".
576
577 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
578 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
579 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
580 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
581 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
582 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
583 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
584 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
585
586 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
587 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
588 before).
589
590 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
591 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
592 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
593 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
594 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
595 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
596 the new --root-hash= command line option).
597
598 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
599 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
600 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
601 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
602 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
603 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
604 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
605 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
606 versions.
607
608 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
609 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
610 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
611 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
612 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
613 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
614 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
615 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
616 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
617 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
618 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
619 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
620 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
621 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
622 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
623 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
624 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
625 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
626 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
627 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
628 a Verity-enabled root partition.
629
630 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
631 accelerometer quirks.
632
633 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
634 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
635 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
636 ID of each service.
637
638 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
639 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
640 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
641 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
642 view.
643
644 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
645 environment variables:
646
647 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
648
649 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
650 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
651 address.
652
653 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
654 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
655 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
656
657 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
658 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
659 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
660 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
661 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
662 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
663 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
664 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
665 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
666 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
667 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
668 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
669 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
670
671 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
672 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
673 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
674
675 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
676 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
677
678 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
679 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
680 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
681 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
682 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
683
684 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
685 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
686 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
687
688 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
689 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
690
691 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
692 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
693 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
694 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
695
696 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
697 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
698 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
699 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
700 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
701 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
702 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
703 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
704 possibly even including full integrity data.
705
706 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
707 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
708 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
709 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
710 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
711
712 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
713 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
714 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
715 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
716 directly with systemd-nspawn.
717
718 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
719 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
720 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
721 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
722
723 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
724 of coredumps in reverse order.
725
726 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
727 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
728 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
729 additional informational message in its output.
730
731 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
732 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
733 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
734
735 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
736 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
737 scripting languages such as Python.
738
739 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
740 namespacing is enabled for them.
741
742 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
743 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
744 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
745 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
746 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
747 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
748
749 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
750 root key (KSK).
751
752 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
753 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
754 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
755
756 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
757 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
758 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
759 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
760 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
761 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
762 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
763 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
764 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
765 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
766 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
767 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
768 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
769 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
770 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
771 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
772 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
773 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
774 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
775 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
776 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
777 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
778 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
779 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
780 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
781 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
782 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
783 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
784 Тихонов
785
786 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
787
788 CHANGES WITH 232:
789
790 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
791 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
792 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
793 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
794 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
795 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
796
797 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
798 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
799
800 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
801 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
802 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
803
804 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
805 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
806 to be remounted read-only for a service.
807
808 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
809 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
810 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
811 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
812
813 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
814 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
815
816 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
817 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
818 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
819
820 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
821 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
822 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
823 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
824 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
825 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
826 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
827 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
828 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
829 permanent modifications to the system.
830
831 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
832 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
833 container or chroot environments.
834
835 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
836 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
837 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
838 mapped to nobody.
839
840 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
841 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
842 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
843 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
844
845 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
846 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
847
848 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
849 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
850 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
851 and the support is provisional.
852
853 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
854 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
855 unit files in the file system).
856
857 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
858 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
859 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
860 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
861 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
862 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
863 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
864 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
865 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
866 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
867 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
868 state is fixed automatically.
869
870 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
871 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
872 option.
873
874 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
875 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
876 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
877 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
878 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
879 else.
880
881 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
882 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
883 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
884 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
885 bootable on physical systems.
886
887 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
888
889 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
890 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
891 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
892 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
893 used.
894
895 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
896 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
897 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
898 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
899
900 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
901
902 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
903 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
904 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
905 of the container).
906
907 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
908 files from the specified location.
909
910 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
911 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
912 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
913 be active.
914
915 * The hardware database has been extended to support
916 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
917 trackball devices.
918
919 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
920 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
921 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
922
923 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
924 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
925 specified service binary exited.)
926
927 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
928 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
929
930 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
931 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
932 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
933 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
934 --since= and --until= options.
935
936 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
937 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
938 are automatically propagated to the container.
939
940 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
941 from a single IP address can be limited with
942 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
943 MaxConnections=.
944
945 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
946 configuration.
947
948 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
949 drop-ins.
950
951 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
952 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
953 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
954 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
955 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
956 [Link] section of .link files.
957
958 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
959 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
960 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
961 section of .netdev files.
962
963 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
964 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
965 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
966
967 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
968 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
969 .network files.
970
971 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
972 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
973 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
974 service runtime cycle.
975
976 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
977 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
978 has been traditionally doing.
979
980 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
981 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
982 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
983 prevent any later plugins from running.
984
985 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
986 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
987 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
988 default of SplitMode=uid.
989
990 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
991 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
992 useful.
993
994 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
995 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
996 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
997 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
998 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
999 individual namespaces.
1000
1001 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
1002 the output, as well as OS release information.
1003
1004 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
1005
1006 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1007 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1008 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1009 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1010 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1011
1012 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
1013 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
1014 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1015 severed.
1016
1017 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1018 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1019 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1020 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1021 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
1022 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
1023 information about exit statuses and results.
1024
1025 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
1026 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
1027 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
1028 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
1029 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
1030 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
1031
1032 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
1033
1034 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
1035 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
1036 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
1037 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
1038 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
1039 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
1040 entirely.
1041
1042 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
1043 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
1044 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
1045
1046 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
1047 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
1048 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
1049 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
1050 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
1051 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
1052 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
1053 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
1054 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
1055 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
1056 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
1057 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
1058 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
1059 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
1060 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
1061 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
1062 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
1063
1064 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
1065 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
1066 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
1067 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
1068
1069 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
1070 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
1071 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
1072 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
1073
1074 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
1075 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
1076 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
1077 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
1078 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
1079 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
1080 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
1081 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
1082 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
1083 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
1084 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
1085 fragment entirely.)
1086
1087 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
1088 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
1089 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
1090
1091 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
1092 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
1093 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
1094 FileDescriptorName= setting.
1095
1096 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
1097 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
1098 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
1099 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
1100 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
1101 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
1102
1103 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
1104 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
1105
1106 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
1107 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
1108
1109 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
1110 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
1111 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
1112 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
1113 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
1114
1115 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
1116 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
1117 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
1118 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1119 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
1120 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
1121 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
1122 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
1123 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
1124 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
1125 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
1126 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
1127 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
1128 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
1129 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1130 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
1131 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
1132 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
1133 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
1134 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
1135 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
1136 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
1137 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
1138 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
1139 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1140 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1141
1142 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
1143
1144 CHANGES WITH 231:
1145
1146 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
1147 with an additional special character as first argument of the
1148 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
1149 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
1150 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
1151 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
1152 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
1153 independently.
1154
1155 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
1156 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
1157
1158 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
1159 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
1160 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
1161 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
1162 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
1163 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
1164 values.
1165
1166 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
1167 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
1168 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
1169 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
1170 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
1171
1172 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
1173 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
1174 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
1175 7:10am every day.
1176
1177 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
1178 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
1179 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
1180 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
1181 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
1182 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
1183 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
1184 available for compatibility.
1185
1186 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
1187 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
1188 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
1189 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
1190 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
1191 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
1192
1193 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
1194 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
1195 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
1196 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
1197 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
1198 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
1199 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
1200 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
1201 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
1202
1203 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
1204 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
1205 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
1206 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
1207 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
1208 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
1209 desired options.
1210
1211 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
1212 cgroupsv2.
1213
1214 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
1215 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
1216 limited to subgroups of that group.
1217
1218 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
1219 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
1220 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
1221 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
1222 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
1223 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
1224 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
1225 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
1226
1227 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
1228 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
1229 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
1230 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
1231 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
1232 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
1233 own long-running services.
1234
1235 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
1236 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
1237 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
1238 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
1239
1240 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1241 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1242 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1243 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1244 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1245 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1246 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1247 primitives.
1248
1249 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1250 "terminate".
1251
1252 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1253 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1254
1255 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1256 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1257 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1258 --flush-caches".
1259
1260 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
1261 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1262 is shown.
1263
1264 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1265 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1266 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
1267 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
1268 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1269 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1270
1271 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1272 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1273 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1274 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1275 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1276 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1277 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1278 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1279 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1280 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1281 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1282 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1283 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1284 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1285 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1286 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1287 bus API instead.
1288
1289 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1290 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1291 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1292 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1293
1294 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1295 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1296 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1297 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1298
1299 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1300 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1301 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1302
1303 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1304 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1305
1306 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1307 interface configuration.
1308
1309 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1310 specifying the --force switch.
1311
1312 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1313 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1314 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1315
1316 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1317 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1318 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1319 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
1320 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
1321 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1322 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1323 to be handled.
1324
1325 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1326 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1327
1328 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1329 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1330
1331 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1332 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1333 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1334
1335 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1336 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1337
1338 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1339 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1340 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1341 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1342 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1343 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1344 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1345 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1346 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1347 library.
1348
1349 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1350 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1351 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1352 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1353 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1354 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
1355 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
1356 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1357 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1358 HACKING for details.
1359
1360 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1361 distribution's bugtracker.
1362
1363 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1364 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1365 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1366 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1367 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1368 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1369 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1370 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1371 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1372 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1373 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1374 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1375 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1376 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1377 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1378 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
1379 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1380 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
1381 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1382
1383 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
1384
1385 CHANGES WITH 230:
1386
1387 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1388 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1389 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1390 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1391 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1392 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1393 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1394 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1395 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
1396 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
1397 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1398 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1399 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1400 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1401 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
1402 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1403 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1404 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1405 applications.)
1406
1407 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
1408 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
1409 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
1410
1411 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1412 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
1413 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
1414 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1415 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1416 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1417 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
1418
1419 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1420 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1421 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
1422 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
1423 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
1424 command works for tmux.
1425
1426 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1427 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1428 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
1429 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1430 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1431 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
1432
1433 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
1434 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
1435
1436 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1437 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
1438 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
1439
1440 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1441
1442 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
1443 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
1444 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1445 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1446 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
1447
1448 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1449 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1450 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
1451 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
1452
1453 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1454 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
1455 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1456 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
1457 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1458 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
1459
1460 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1461 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
1462 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1463
1464 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1465 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1466 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1467 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1468 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1469 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1470
1471 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1472 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1473 address.
1474
1475 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1476 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1477 should be emitted.
1478
1479 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
1480 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1481 supported.
1482
1483 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1484 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1485 logging performance.
1486
1487 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1488 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1489 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1490 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1491 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1492 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1493
1494 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1495 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1496 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1497 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1498
1499 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1500 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
1501
1502 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1503 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1504 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1505
1506 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
1507
1508 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1509 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
1510 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1511 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
1512
1513 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1514 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1515 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1516 refuse to operate on such files.
1517
1518 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1519 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1520 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1521
1522 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1523 just hidden container images.
1524
1525 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1526 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1527
1528 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1529 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1530 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1531 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
1532 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1533 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1534 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1535 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1536 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1537 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1538 been changed to use this functionality by default.
1539
1540 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1541 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1542 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1543 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1544 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1545 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1546 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1547 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1548 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1549 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1550 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1551 terminates.
1552
1553 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
1554 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1555 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1556 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1557
1558 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
1559 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1560 rate of the socket unit.
1561
1562 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1563 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1564 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1565 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1566 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1567
1568 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1569 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1570 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
1571 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
1572 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1573 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1574 with this.
1575
1576 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1577 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1578
1579 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1580 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1581
1582 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1583 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1584 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1585 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1586 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1587
1588 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1589 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1590 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1591
1592 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1593 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1594 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1595 target is now included in early userspace.
1596
1597 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1598 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1599 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1600 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1601 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1602 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1603 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1604 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
1605 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1606 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
1607 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1608 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1609 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
1610 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1611 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1612 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
1613 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1614 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1615 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1616 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1617 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1618 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
1619 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1620 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1621 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1622 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1623
1624 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
1625
1626 CHANGES WITH 229:
1627
1628 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1629 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1630 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
1631 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1632 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1633 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1634 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1635 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1636 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1637 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1638 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1639 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1640 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
1641
1642 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
1643 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1644 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1645 /usr/bin.
1646
1647 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1648 devices.
1649
1650 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1651 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1652 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1653 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1654 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1655 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1656 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1657 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1658 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1659 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1660 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1661 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1662 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1663 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1664 this limit.
1665
1666 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1667 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1668 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1669 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1670 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1671 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1672 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1673 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1674
1675 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1676 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1677 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1678 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1679 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1680 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1681 and group at package installation time.
1682
1683 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1684 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1685 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1686 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1687 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1688
1689 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1690 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
1691 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1692 supports it.
1693
1694 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1695 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1696
1697 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1698 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1699 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1700 file is already initialized.
1701
1702 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1703 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
1704 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1705 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1706 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1707 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1708 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1709 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
1710 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1711
1712 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1713 working directory for the process started in the container.
1714
1715 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1716 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1717 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1718 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1719 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
1720
1721 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1722 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1723 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1724
1725 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1726 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1727 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1728 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1729
1730 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
1731 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1732 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1733 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1734 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
1735
1736 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
1737 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1738 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1739 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1740
1741 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1742 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1743 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
1744 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1745 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1746 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1747 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1748 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
1749 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
1750 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1751 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1752 by PID 1.
1753
1754 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1755 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1756 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1757 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1758 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1759 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1760 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1761 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1762
1763 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1764
1765 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
1766 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
1767 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1768
1769 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1770 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1771 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
1772 recent kernels.
1773
1774 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1775 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1776
1777 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
1778 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1779 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1780 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1781 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1782 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1783 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1784 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1785 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1786 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
1787 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
1788 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1789 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
1790
1791 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
1792 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1793 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1794 clusters or larger setups.
1795
1796 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1797
1798 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1799 sockets.
1800
1801 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1802
1803 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1804 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1805 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1806 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1807 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1808 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1809
1810 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1811 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1812 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1813
1814 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1815 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
1816 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1817 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
1818
1819 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
1820
1821 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1822 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1823 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1824 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1825 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1826 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1827 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1828 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1829 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1830 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1831 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1832 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1833 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1834 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1835 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1836 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1837 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1838 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1839 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1840
1841 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
1842
1843 CHANGES WITH 228:
1844
1845 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1846 files are now also available as properties to set when
1847 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1848 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1849 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1850 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1851 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1852 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1853 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1854
1855 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1856 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1857 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
1858
1859 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1860 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1861 created transiently.
1862
1863 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1864 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1865 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1866 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1867 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
1868 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
1869 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1870 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1871
1872 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1873 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1874 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1875
1876 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1877 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1878 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1879 enabled.
1880
1881 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1882 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1883 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1884 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1885 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1886 subvolumes.
1887
1888 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1889 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1890
1891 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
1892 individual indexes.
1893
1894 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1895 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1896 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1897 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1898 suffixes now.
1899
1900 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1901 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1902 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1903 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1904 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1905 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1906 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1907 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1908 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1909 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1910 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1911 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1912 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1913 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1914 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1915 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1916 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1917 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1918 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1919 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1920 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1921
1922 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1923 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1924 links between the host and the container.
1925
1926 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1927 added that allows importing select environment variables
1928 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1929 the service.
1930
1931 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
1932 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
1933 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1934 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1935 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1936 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1937 than until they first elapse.
1938
1939 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
1940 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1941 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
1942 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1943 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1944 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1945 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1946 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1947
1948 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1949 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1950 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1951 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1952 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1953 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1954 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
1955 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
1956 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1957 journal and in coredump handling.
1958
1959 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1960 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1961 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
1962 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
1963 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1964 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1965 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1966 software you package still references it, as this is a
1967 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1968 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1969
1970 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
1971
1972 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1973 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1974
1975 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1976 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1977 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1978
1979 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1980 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1981 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1982 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1983 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1984 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1985 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1986 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1987 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1988 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1989 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1990 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1991 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1992 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1993 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1994 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1995
1996 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1997 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1998 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1999 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
2000 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
2001 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
2002 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
2003 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
2004 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
2005 surprises.
2006
2007 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2008 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2009 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2010 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2011 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2012 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2013 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2014 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
2015 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
2016 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
2017 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
2018 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
2019 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
2020 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
2021 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
2022 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
2023 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
2024 of PID 1 is the root user).
2025
2026 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
2027 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
2028 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2029 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
2030 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2031 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
2032 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2033 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
2034 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2035 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
2036 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
2037 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
2038 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2039 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
2040 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2041
2042 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
2043
2044 CHANGES WITH 227:
2045
2046 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
2047 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
2048 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
2049
2050 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
2051 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
2052 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
2053 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
2054 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
2055 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
2056
2057 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
2058 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
2059 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
2060 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
2061 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
2062
2063 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
2064 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
2065 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
2066 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
2067 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
2068 packets on unestablished sockets.
2069
2070 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
2071 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
2072 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
2073 automatically.
2074
2075 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
2076 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
2077 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
2078
2079 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
2080 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
2081 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
2082 for disk IO.
2083
2084 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
2085 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
2086 removed.
2087
2088 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
2089 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
2090 directory is set to the home directory of the user
2091 configured in User=.
2092
2093 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
2094 directory of the selected user by default.
2095
2096 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
2097 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
2098 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
2099 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
2100 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
2101 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
2102 compat reasons.
2103
2104 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
2105 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
2106 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
2107 units.
2108
2109 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
2110 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
2111 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
2112 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
2113 level.
2114
2115 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
2116 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
2117 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
2118 namespaces work correctly.
2119
2120 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
2121 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
2122 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
2123 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
2124 activation.
2125
2126 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
2127 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
2128 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
2129 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
2130 system instance in a container.
2131
2132 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
2133 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
2134 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
2135 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
2136 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
2137 connections.
2138
2139 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
2140 show the control groups within a certain container only.
2141
2142 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
2143 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
2144 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
2145 processes attached, or similar.
2146
2147 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
2148 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
2149 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
2150
2151 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
2152 specifiers like %i or %f.
2153
2154 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
2155 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
2156 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
2157 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
2158
2159 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
2160 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
2161 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
2162 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
2163 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
2164 descriptors using sd_notify().
2165
2166 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
2167
2168 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
2169 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
2170
2171 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
2172 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
2173
2174 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
2175 .network files.
2176
2177 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
2178 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
2179 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
2180 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
2181 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
2182 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
2183 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
2184 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
2185 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
2186 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
2187 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
2188 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
2189 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
2190 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
2191 gdm-autologin is used.
2192
2193 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
2194 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
2195 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
2196 next to the image file.
2197
2198 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
2199 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
2200 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
2201 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
2202
2203 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
2204 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
2205 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
2206 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
2207 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
2208 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
2209
2210 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
2211 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
2212 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
2213 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
2214 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
2215 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
2216 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
2217 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
2218 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
2219 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
2220 number of files in place.
2221
2222 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
2223 on kernels where that is supported.
2224
2225 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
2226
2227 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
2228 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
2229 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
2230 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2231 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
2232 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
2233 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
2234 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
2235 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
2236 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
2237 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2238 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2239 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2240 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2241 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2242 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2243 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2244 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2245
2246 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
2247
2248 CHANGES WITH 226:
2249
2250 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2251 new features:
2252
2253 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2254 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2255 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2256 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2257 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2258 is any) is propagated.
2259
2260 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2261 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2262 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2263 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2264 information is enabled between host and containers by
2265 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2266 to what the host has set.
2267
2268 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2269 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2270
2271 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2272 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2273 information back, even if the server loses state.
2274
2275 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2276 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2277 PoolSize=.
2278
2279 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2280 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2281 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2282 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2283
2284 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2285 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2286 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2287 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2288 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2289
2290 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2291 for virtio devices.
2292
2293 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2294 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2295 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2296 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2297 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2298 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2299 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2300 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
2301 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
2302 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2303 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2304 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2305 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2306 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2307 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2308 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2309 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2310 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2311 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2312 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2313 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2314 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2315 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2316 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2317 grants them.
2318
2319 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2320 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2321 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2322 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2323 group tree.
2324
2325 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2326 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2327 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2328 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2329 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2330 work correctly in containers now.
2331
2332 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2333 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2334
2335 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2336 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
2337 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2338 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2339 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2340
2341 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2342 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2343 signal events.
2344
2345 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2346 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2347 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2348 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2349 on these parameters.
2350
2351 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2352 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2353 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2354 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2355 nspawn command line.
2356
2357 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2358 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2359 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2360 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2361 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2362 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2363 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2364 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
2365
2366 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
2367
2368 CHANGES WITH 225:
2369
2370 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2371 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2372 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2373 shell directly without prompting for username or
2374 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2375 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2376 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2377 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2378 the originating session.
2379
2380 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2381 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2382
2383 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2384 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2385 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2386 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2387 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2388 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2389 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2390 this release.
2391
2392 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2393 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2394 messages.
2395
2396 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2397 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2398 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2399
2400 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2401 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2402
2403 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2404 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2405 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2406 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2407 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2408 posteriori.
2409
2410 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2411 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2412
2413 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2414 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2415 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2416 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2417 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2418 "lastlog" tools.
2419
2420 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2421 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2422 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2423 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2424 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2425
2426 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2427 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2428 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2429 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2430 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2431 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2432 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2433 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2434 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2435 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2436 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2437 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2438
2439 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
2440
2441 CHANGES WITH 224:
2442
2443 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2444 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2445
2446 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2447 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2448 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
2449
2450 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2451 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2452 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2453
2454 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
2455
2456 CHANGES WITH 223:
2457
2458 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2459 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2460 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2461 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2462
2463 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
2464 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2465
2466 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2467 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2468
2469 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2470
2471 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
2472 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
2473 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2474
2475 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2476 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2477 decapsulated packet.
2478
2479 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2480 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2481 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2482 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2483 netlink attribute.
2484
2485 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2486 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2487 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2488 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2489
2490 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2491 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2492 according to RFC2460.
2493
2494 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2495 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2496
2497 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
2498 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
2499 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2500
2501 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2502 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2503 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2504 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2505 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2506 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2507
2508 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
2509 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2510 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2511 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2512 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2513 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2514 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2515 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2516 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2517 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2518
2519 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
2520
2521 CHANGES WITH 222:
2522
2523 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2524 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2525 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2526
2527 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2528 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
2529
2530 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2531 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2532 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2533 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2534 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2535
2536 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2537 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2538 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2539
2540 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2541 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2542 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2543 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2544 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2545
2546 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2547
2548 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2549 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2550 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2551 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
2552 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2553 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2554 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2555 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2556 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2557 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2558
2559 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
2560
2561 CHANGES WITH 221:
2562
2563 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
2564 stable and have been added to the official interface of
2565 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2566 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2567 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2568 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2569 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
2570 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
2571 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2572 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
2573 portable to other kernels.
2574
2575 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2576 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2577 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
2578 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
2579 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2580 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2581 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2582 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
2583 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
2584 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2585 systemd enabled.
2586
2587 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2588 2.26.
2589
2590 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
2591 favor of calling an abstraction tool
2592 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2593 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2594 in README for details.
2595
2596 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2597 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2598 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2599 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2600 unit.
2601
2602 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2603 into man pages.
2604
2605 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2606 external project.
2607
2608 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
2609 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
2610
2611 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2612 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2613 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2614 state.
2615
2616 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2617 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2618 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2619
2620 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2621 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2622 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2623 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2624 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2625 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2626 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2627 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2628 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2629 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2630 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
2631 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2632 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2633 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2634 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2635 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2636
2637 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
2638
2639 CHANGES WITH 220:
2640
2641 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2642 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2643 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2644 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2645 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2646 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2647 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2648 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2649
2650 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2651 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2652 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2653 service consumed). This value is only available if
2654 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2655 in the "systemctl status" output.
2656
2657 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2658 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
2659 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
2660 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2661 previously was already the default behaviour).
2662
2663 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2664 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2665 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2666
2667 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2668 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
2669 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
2670 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2671
2672 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2673 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2674 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2675 journalling file systems that support external journal
2676 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2677 systems to be mounted.
2678
2679 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2680 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2681 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2682 stable release this should not be problematic.
2683
2684 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2685 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2686 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2687 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2688 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2689
2690 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2691 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2692 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2693 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2694 network switches.
2695
2696 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2697 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2698
2699 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2700 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2701 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2702
2703 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2704
2705 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2706 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2707 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2708 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2709 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2710 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2711 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2712 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2713 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2714 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2715 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2716 been fixed in v220.
2717
2718 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2719 systemd-networkd.
2720
2721 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2722 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
2723 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
2724 containers started from the command line.
2725
2726 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2727 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2728
2729 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2730 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2731 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2732 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2733
2734 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2735 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2736 when shutting down.
2737
2738 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2739 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2740 overlayfs support.
2741
2742 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2743 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2744 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2745 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2746 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2747 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2748 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2749
2750 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2751 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2752 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2753
2754 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2755 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2756 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2757 of v1 as before).
2758
2759 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2760 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2761
2762 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2763 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2764 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2765 their own sessions without further privileges or
2766 authorization.
2767
2768 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2769 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2770 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2771 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2772 accessible via a bus interface.
2773
2774 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2775 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2776 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2777 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2778 to cover this functionality.
2779
2780 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
2781 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
2782 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2783 disabled/masked also stopped.
2784
2785 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
2786 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2787 updated to support systemd-boot.
2788
2789 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2790 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2791 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2792 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2793 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
2794 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
2795 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2796 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2797 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2798
2799 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2800 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2801 system.
2802
2803 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2804 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2805 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2806 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2807 device symlinks.
2808
2809 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2810 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2811 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2812 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2813
2814 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2815 stick devices has been added.
2816
2817 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2818 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2819
2820 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2821 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2822 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2823 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2824 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2825
2826 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2827 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2828 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2829
2830 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2831 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2832 Debian.
2833
2834 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2835 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2836 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2837
2838 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2839 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2840 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2841 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2842 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2843 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2844 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2845 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2846 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2847 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2848 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2849 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2850 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2851 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2852 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2853 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2854 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2855 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2856 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2857 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2858 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2859 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2860 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2861 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2862 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2863 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2864 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2865
2866 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
2867
2868 CHANGES WITH 219:
2869
2870 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2871 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2872 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2873 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2874 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2875 interface with and update the database.
2876
2877 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2878 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2879 before bytewise copying is done.
2880
2881 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2882 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2883 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2884 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2885 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2886 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2887 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2888 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2889 available on btrfs file systems.
2890
2891 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2892 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
2893 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
2894 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2895 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2896 systems.
2897
2898 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2899 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2900 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2901 mount point remains.
2902
2903 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2904 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2905 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2906 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2907 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2908 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2909 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2910 are disabled.
2911
2912 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2913 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2914 container to the host or vice versa.
2915
2916 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2917 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2918 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2919
2920 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2921 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2922
2923 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2924 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2925 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2926 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2927 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2928 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2929 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2930 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2931 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
2932 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
2933 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2934 make the functionality of importd available to the
2935 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2936 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2937 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2938 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2939 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2940 only fully supported on btrfs.
2941
2942 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2943 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2944 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2945 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2946 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2947 information about images.
2948
2949 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2950 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
2951 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
2952 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2953 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2954 legacy file systems).
2955
2956 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2957 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2958 shown in networkctl output.
2959
2960 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2961 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2962 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2963 processes as system services while interactively
2964 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2965 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2966 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2967 full login session, the difference being that the former
2968 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2969 setup.
2970
2971 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2972 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2973 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2974 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2975 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2976
2977 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2978 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2979 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2980 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2981 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2982 via qemu/kvm.
2983
2984 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2985 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2986 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2987 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2988 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2989 disk images, too.
2990
2991 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2992 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2993 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2994 integrate with that.
2995
2996 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2997 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2998 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2999 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
3000
3001 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
3002 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
3003 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
3004
3005 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
3006 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3007 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3008 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3009 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3010 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3011 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3012 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3013 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3014 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
3015
3016 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
3017 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
3018 files.
3019
3020 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
3021 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
3022 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
3023 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
3024 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
3025 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
3026 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
3027 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
3028 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
3029 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
3030 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
3031 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
3032 explicitly turned on.
3033
3034 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
3035 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
3036 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
3037 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
3038
3039 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
3040 supported.
3041
3042 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
3043 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
3044 user/session following the status output. Similar,
3045 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
3046 associated with a virtual machine or container
3047 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
3048 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
3049 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
3050 output however.)
3051
3052 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
3053 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
3054 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
3055 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
3056 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
3057 caller's session/user.
3058
3059 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
3060 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
3061 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
3062 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
3063 user services.
3064
3065 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
3066 same way as unit files.
3067
3068 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
3069 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
3070 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
3071 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
3072 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
3073 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
3074 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
3075 the host.
3076
3077 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
3078 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
3079 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
3080 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
3081 the host as if their services were running directly on the
3082 host.
3083
3084 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
3085 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
3086 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
3087 updated to make use of it too by default.
3088
3089 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
3090 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
3091 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
3092 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
3093
3094 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
3095 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
3096 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
3097 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
3098 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
3099 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
3100 modification.
3101
3102 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
3103 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
3104 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
3105 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
3106 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
3107 information about Touchpad types.
3108
3109 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
3110 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
3111
3112 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
3113 Policy link field.
3114
3115 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
3116 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
3117
3118 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
3119 ACLs on files.
3120
3121 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
3122 tmpfs, automatically.
3123
3124 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
3125 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
3126 status" output, if available.
3127
3128 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
3129 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
3130 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
3131 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
3132 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
3133 run on next reboot.
3134
3135 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
3136 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
3137 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
3138 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
3139 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
3140 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
3141 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
3142
3143 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
3144 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
3145 after a configurable timeout.
3146
3147 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
3148 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
3149 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
3150 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
3151 it non-idle.
3152
3153 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
3154 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
3155
3156 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
3157 each .network interface in networkd.
3158
3159 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
3160 in .network files.
3161
3162 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
3163 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
3164
3165 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
3166 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
3167 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
3168 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
3169 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
3170 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
3171 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
3172 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
3173 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
3174 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
3175 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
3176 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3177 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
3178 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3179 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
3180 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
3181 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
3182 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
3183 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
3184 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3185 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
3186 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
3187 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
3188 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3189
3190 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
3191
3192 CHANGES WITH 218:
3193
3194 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
3195 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
3196 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
3197 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
3198
3199 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
3200 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
3201 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
3202 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
3203 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
3204
3205 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
3206
3207 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
3208 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
3209 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
3210 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
3211 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
3212 modified configuration after editing.
3213
3214 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
3215 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
3216 system preset files.
3217
3218 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
3219 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
3220 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
3221 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
3222 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
3223 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
3224 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
3225 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
3226 other contexts.
3227
3228 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
3229 inhibitors.
3230
3231 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
3232 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
3233 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
3234 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
3235 managers.
3236
3237 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
3238 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
3239 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3240 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3241 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
3242 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
3243 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3244 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3245 parallel to journald.
3246
3247 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3248 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3249 available.
3250
3251 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3252 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
3253 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
3254 or are not older than the specified time.
3255
3256 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3257 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3258 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3259 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3260
3261 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3262 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3263 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3264 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3265 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3266 communication.
3267
3268 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3269 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3270 services.
3271
3272 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3273 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3274 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3275 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3276 the new "busctl tree" command.
3277
3278 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3279 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3280 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3281 friendly way.
3282
3283 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3284 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3285 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3286 race-ful way.
3287
3288 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3289 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
3290 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
3291 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3292 --link-journal=try-guest.
3293
3294 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3295 stable MAC addresses.
3296
3297 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3298 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3299 the respective unit shall use.
3300
3301 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3302 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3303 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3304 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3305
3306 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
3307 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
3308 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
3309 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3310 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3311 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3312
3313 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
3314 details see:
3315
3316 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3317
3318 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3319 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
3320 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3321 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3322 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3323 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3324 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3325 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3326 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3327 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3328 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3329 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3330
3331 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3332 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3333 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3334 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3335 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3336
3337 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3338 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3339 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3340 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3341 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3342 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3343 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3344 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3345
3346 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
3347 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
3348 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3349 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3350 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3351 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3352 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3353 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3354 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3355 interface.
3356
3357 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3358 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3359 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3360 luks.name= argument.
3361
3362 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3363 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3364 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3365 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3366 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3367 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3368
3369 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3370 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3371 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3372
3373 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3374 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3375 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3376 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3377 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3378 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3379 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3380 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3381 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3382 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3383 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
3384 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3385 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3386 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3387 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3388 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3389 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3390 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3391
3392 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
3393
3394 CHANGES WITH 217:
3395
3396 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3397 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3398 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3399 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
3400
3401 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3402 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3403 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3404 now waits until the operation is complete.
3405
3406 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3407 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
3408 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3409 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
3410 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
3411 connection.
3412
3413 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3414 commands anymore.
3415
3416 * User units are now loaded also from
3417 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3418 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3419 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3420
3421 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3422 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3423 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3424 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3425 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3426 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3427 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3428 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3429 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3430 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3431 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3432 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3433 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3434 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3435 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3436 question.
3437
3438 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3439 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3440 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3441
3442 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3443 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3444 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
3445 command line to trigger resume.
3446
3447 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3448 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3449 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
3450 Desktop=systemd-console.
3451
3452 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3453 systemd-networkd.
3454
3455 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
3456 from the information provided by the networking stack
3457 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3458
3459 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3460 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3461
3462 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3463 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3464 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3465
3466 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
3467
3468 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
3469 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
3470 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
3471 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3472 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3473 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
3474
3475 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
3476 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3477 respected.
3478
3479 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3480 virtualization.
3481
3482 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
3483 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
3484 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3485 on.
3486
3487 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3488
3489 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3490
3491 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3492 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
3493 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3494 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3495 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3496 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3497 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3498
3499 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3500 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3501 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3502 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3503 from the service's view entirely.
3504
3505 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3506 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3507
3508 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3509 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3510 session.
3511
3512 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3513 legacy-free systems.
3514
3515 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3516 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3517 easily.
3518
3519 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3520 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3521 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3522 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3523 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3524 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3525 option.
3526
3527 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
3528 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
3529 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3530 /usr.
3531
3532 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
3533 services, not only the main process.
3534
3535 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3536 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3537 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3538 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3539 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3540
3541 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3542 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3543 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3544 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3545 directly from now on, again.
3546
3547 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3548 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3549 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3550 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
3551 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
3552 unit file enabling and disabling.
3553
3554 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3555 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3556 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3557 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3558 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3559 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3560 unnecessary or unlikely.
3561
3562 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3563 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
3564 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
3565 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3566
3567 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3568 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3569 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3570 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3571 overwritten at runtime.
3572
3573 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3574 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3575 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3576 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3577 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3578 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3579 segmentation fault.
3580
3581 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3582 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3583 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3584 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3585 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3586 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3587 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3588 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3589 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3590 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3591 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3592 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3593 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3594 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3595 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3596 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3597 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3598 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3599 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3600 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3601 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
3602 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3603
3604 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
3605
3606 CHANGES WITH 216:
3607
3608 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
3609 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
3610 implementations should add a
3611
3612 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
3613
3614 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3615 default functionality.
3616
3617 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3618 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3619 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3620 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3621 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3622 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3623 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3624 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3625 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3626 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3627 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3628 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3629 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3630
3631 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
3632 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
3633 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3634 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3635 expected to be added eventually, too.
3636
3637 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3638 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3639 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3640 new command to update these fields.
3641
3642 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3643 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3644 have been discovered via DHCP.
3645
3646 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3647 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
3648 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3649 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
3650 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3651 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3652 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3653 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
3654 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
3655 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3656 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3657 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
3658 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
3659 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3660 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3661 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3662 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3663 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3664 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3665 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3666
3667 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3668 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3669 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3670
3671 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3672 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3673 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
3674 and present it to the user in a very friendly
3675 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3676 control utility for networkd.
3677
3678 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3679 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
3680 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
3681 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3682 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3683 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3684 (NoDelay=).
3685
3686 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
3687 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3688
3689 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3690 be started only after time-sync.target has been
3691 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3692 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3693 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3694 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3695
3696 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3697 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3698 of the link.
3699
3700 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3701 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3702
3703 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3704 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3705
3706 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
3707 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3708 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3709 for DHCP.
3710
3711 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3712 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3713 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3714 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3715 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3716 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3717 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3718 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3719
3720 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3721 validation of unit files.
3722
3723 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3724 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3725 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3726 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3727 address may now be configured.
3728
3729 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3730 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3731 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3732 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3733
3734 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3735 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3736
3737 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3738 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3739 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3740 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3741
3742 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3743 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3744 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3745 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3746 implementation.
3747
3748 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3749 journal data to a remote system running
3750 systemd-journal-remote.
3751
3752 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3753 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3754 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3755 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3756 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
3757 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
3758 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3759 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3760 version, you have to turn this option on again
3761 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3762
3763 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3764 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3765 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3766
3767 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3768 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3769
3770 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3771 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3772
3773 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3774 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3775 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3776
3777 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3778 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
3779 hostname, root password) interactively on first
3780 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3781 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3782
3783 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3784
3785 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3786
3787 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3788 when primary addresses are removed.
3789
3790 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3791 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3792 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3793 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3794 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3795 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3796 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3797 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3798 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3799 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3800 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3801 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3802 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3803 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3804 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3805
3806 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
3807
3808 CHANGES WITH 215:
3809
3810 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3811 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3812 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3813 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3814 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3815 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3816 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3817 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3818 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3819 require.
3820
3821 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3822 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3823
3824 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3825 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3826 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3827 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3828 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3829 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3830 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3831
3832 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3833 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3834 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3835 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3836 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3837 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3838 update or reset should use this condition and order
3839 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3840 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3841 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3842 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3843 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3844 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3845 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
3846 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
3847 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3848
3849 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3850
3851 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3852 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3853 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3854 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3855
3856 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3857 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3858 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3859 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3860 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3861 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3862 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
3863 .network files using settings of this section should be
3864 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3865 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
3866
3867 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3868 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
3869
3870 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3871 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3872 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3873 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3874 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3875 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3876 of nspawn instances.
3877
3878 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3879 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3880 added.
3881
3882 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3883 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3884 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3885 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3886 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3887 configuration stored in /etc.
3888
3889 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3890 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3891 parsing of unknown mount options.
3892
3893 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3894 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3895 it already exist and not already be the correct
3896 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
3897 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3898 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3899 pre-existing files of different types.
3900
3901 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3902 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
3903 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
3904 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3905 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3906 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3907 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3908
3909 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3910 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3911 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3912 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3913 shall be executed.
3914
3915 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3916 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
3917 example whether it is fully up and running.
3918
3919 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3920 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3921 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3922 reset.
3923
3924 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3925 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3926
3927 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3928 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3929 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3930
3931 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3932 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3933 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3934
3935 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3936 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3937 access to this group.
3938
3939 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3940 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3941 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3942 to the journal.
3943
3944 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3945 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3946 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3947 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3948 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3949 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3950
3951 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3952 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3953 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3954 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3955 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3956 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3957 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3958 the old name to the new name.
3959
3960 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
3961 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
3962 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3963
3964 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3965 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3966 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3967 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3968 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3969 "systemd-debug-generator".
3970
3971 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3972 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3973 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3974 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3975 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3976 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3977 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
3978 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3979 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
3980 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3981 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3982
3983 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3984 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3985 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
3986 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3987 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3988 machine and user.
3989
3990 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3991 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3992 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3993 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3994 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3995
3996 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3997 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3998 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3999 couple of drop-in directories.
4000
4001 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
4002 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
4003 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
4004 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
4005 for dev_port.
4006
4007 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4008 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4009 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4010 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4011
4012 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4013 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4014 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
4015 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
4016 Restart= setting.
4017
4018 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
4019 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
4020 directly connect to a specific container on the
4021 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
4022 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
4023 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
4024 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
4025 containers is a privileged operation.
4026
4027 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
4028 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
4029 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
4030 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
4031 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4032 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
4033 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4034 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
4035 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
4036 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
4037 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
4038 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4039
4040 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
4041
4042 CHANGES WITH 214:
4043
4044 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
4045 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
4046 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
4047 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
4048 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
4049 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
4050 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
4051 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
4052 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
4053 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
4054 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4055 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
4056 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4057 devices are excluded from this logic.
4058
4059 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
4060 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
4061 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
4062 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
4063 change has been released.
4064
4065 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
4066 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
4067 libattr is thus unnecessary.
4068
4069 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
4070 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
4071 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
4072 with fewer privileges.
4073
4074 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
4075 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
4076 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
4077 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
4078
4079 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
4080 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
4081
4082 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
4083 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
4084
4085 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
4086 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
4087 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
4088
4089 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
4090 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
4091 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
4092 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
4093 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
4094 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
4095
4096 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
4097 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
4098 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
4099
4100 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
4101 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
4102 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
4103 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
4104 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
4105 modifications of user data or system files from
4106 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
4107 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
4108
4109 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
4110 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
4111 and FIFOs in the file system.
4112
4113 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
4114 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
4115 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
4116
4117 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
4118 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
4119 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
4120 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
4121 the socket itself.
4122
4123 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
4124 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
4125 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
4126 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
4127 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
4128 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
4129 symlinks, and nothing else.
4130
4131 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
4132 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
4133 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
4134 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
4135 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
4136 process (for example, the parent process). The
4137 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
4138 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
4139 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
4140 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
4141 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
4142 messages to services when the originating process already
4143 vanished.
4144
4145 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
4146 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
4147 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
4148 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
4149 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
4150 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
4151 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
4152 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
4153 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
4154 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
4155 all long-running services.
4156
4157 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
4158 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
4159 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
4160 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
4161 service.
4162
4163 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
4164 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
4165 applied to all submounts, too.
4166
4167 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
4168
4169 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
4170 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
4171 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
4172 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
4173 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
4174 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
4175 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
4176
4177 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
4178 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
4179 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
4180 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
4181 (domU) domains.
4182
4183 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
4184 files or entire directories.
4185
4186 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
4187 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
4188 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
4189 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
4190 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
4191
4192 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
4193 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
4194 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
4195 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
4196 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
4197 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
4198 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
4199 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
4200 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
4201 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
4202 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
4203 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
4204
4205 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
4206 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
4207 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
4208 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
4209
4210 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
4211 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
4212 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
4213 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
4214 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
4215 non-directories.
4216
4217 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
4218 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
4219 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
4220
4221 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
4222 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
4223 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
4224 this group.
4225
4226 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
4227 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
4228 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
4229 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
4230 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4231 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
4232 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4233
4234 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
4235
4236 CHANGES WITH 213:
4237
4238 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
4239 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
4240 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
4241 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
4242 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
4243 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4244 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
4245 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
4246 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
4247 client should be more than appropriate for most
4248 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4249 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4250 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4251 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4252 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
4253 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
4254 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
4255 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
4256 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
4257 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
4258 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
4259
4260 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4261 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
4262 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4263 part of a different namespace.
4264
4265 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4266 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
4267 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4268 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
4269
4270 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4271 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
4272 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
4273
4274 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4275 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
4276 when a service fails. This works similarly to
4277 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
4278 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4279 restart the service in question.
4280
4281 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
4282 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4283 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4284 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4285 details when running non-locally.
4286
4287 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4288 graphs it generates.
4289
4290 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4291 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4292 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4293 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4294 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4295
4296 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4297
4298 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4299 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4300 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4301 what it was on SysV systems.
4302
4303 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4304 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4305
4306 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4307 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4308 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4309 files.
4310
4311 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4312 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4313 to show these addresses in its output.
4314
4315 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4316 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4317 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4318 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4319 preferred over a text one.
4320
4321 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4322 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4323 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4324 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4325 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4326 mDNS cache.
4327
4328 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4329 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4330 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4331 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4332 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4333
4334 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
4335 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
4336 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
4337 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
4338 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4339
4340 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4341 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4342 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
4343 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
4344 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4345 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4346 overrides any other settings.
4347
4348 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
4349 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4350 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4351 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4352 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4353 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4354 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4355 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4356 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4357 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4358 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4359 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4360 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4361 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4362 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4363 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
4364 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4365
4366 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
4367
4368 CHANGES WITH 212:
4369
4370 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4371 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4372 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4373 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4374 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4375 by accident.
4376
4377 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4378 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4379 registered with machined.
4380
4381 * sd-login gained new calls
4382 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4383 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
4384 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
4385 counterparts.
4386
4387 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4388 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4389 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4390 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4391 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4392 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4393 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4394 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4395 once.
4396
4397 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4398 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4399 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4400
4401 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4402 units on all local containers, when used with the
4403 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4404 executed when no parameters are specified).
4405
4406 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4407 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4408 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4409 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4410
4411 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
4412 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
4413 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4414 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4415 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4416 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4417
4418 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4419 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4420 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4421 of the container.
4422
4423 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4424 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4425 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4426 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4427 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
4428 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4429 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4430 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
4431
4432 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4433 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4434 instead of /.
4435
4436 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4437 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4438 emergency messages now.
4439
4440 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4441 journal log messages across the network.
4442
4443 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4444 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4445 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4446 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4447 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4448 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4449 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4450
4451 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4452 down a local OS container.
4453
4454 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4455 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4456 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4457
4458 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4459 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4460 this is appropriate.
4461
4462 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
4463 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
4464 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4465
4466 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4467 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4468 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4469 for debugging purposes.
4470
4471 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4472 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4473 in seconds.
4474
4475 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4476 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4477 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4478 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4479 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4480 like on traditional inetd.
4481
4482 * A new system.conf configuration option
4483 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4484 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4485
4486 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
4487 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4488 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4489 do these days).
4490
4491 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
4492 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4493 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4494 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
4495 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4496 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
4497
4498 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4499 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4500 it will be triggered.
4501
4502 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4503 addresses to its local interfaces.
4504
4505 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4506 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4507 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4508 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4509 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4510 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4511 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4512 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4513 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4514
4515 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
4516
4517 CHANGES WITH 211:
4518
4519 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4520 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4521 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4522 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4523 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4524 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4525
4526 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4527 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4528 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4529 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4530 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4531 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4532 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4533 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
4534 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
4535
4536 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4537 matching against device group names.
4538
4539 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4540 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4541 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4542 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
4543 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
4544 though.
4545
4546 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4547 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4548 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
4549 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
4550 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4551 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4552 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4553 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
4554 systems prepared appropriately.
4555
4556 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4557 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4558 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4559 (see above). This means that installations made with
4560 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4561 deployed using container managers, completely
4562 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4563 this feature soon, too.)
4564
4565 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4566 set up a private macvlan interface for the
4567 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
4568 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4569
4570 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4571 using IPv4LL.
4572
4573 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4574 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4575 systemd-networkd.
4576
4577 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4578 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4579 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4580 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4581 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4582
4583 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4584 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4585 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4586 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
4587 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4588 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4589 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4590 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4591 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4592 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4593 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4594 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
4595 users.
4596
4597 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4598 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4599 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4600 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4601 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4602 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4603 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4604 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4605 due to a closed lid.
4606
4607 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4608 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4609 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4610 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4611 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
4612 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4613
4614 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4615 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4616 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4617 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4618 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4619
4620 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4621 now also work in --scope mode.
4622
4623 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4624 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4625 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4626 promises are made.)
4627
4628 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4629 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4630 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4631 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4632 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4633 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4634 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4635 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4636 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4637 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4638
4639 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
4640
4641 CHANGES WITH 210:
4642
4643 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4644 according to SMACK rules.
4645
4646 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
4647 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4648
4649 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4650 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4651 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4652
4653 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4654 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4655 and machine ID.
4656
4657 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
4658 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
4659 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
4660 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4661 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
4662 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
4663 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
4664 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
4665 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4666 backpack or similar.
4667
4668 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4669 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
4670 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
4671 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
4672 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4673 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4674 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4675 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4676 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4677 this on its own.
4678
4679 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4680 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4681 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4682 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4683
4684 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4685 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4686 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4687 --network-bridge= switches.
4688
4689 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4690 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4691 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4692 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4693 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4694 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4695 each configuration option.
4696
4697 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
4698 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
4699 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
4700 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
4701 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4702
4703 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4704 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4705 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4706 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4707 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4708
4709 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4710 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4711 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4712 default however.
4713
4714 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
4715 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4716 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
4717 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
4718 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4719 them with systemd-networkd.
4720
4721 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4722 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4723 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
4724 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
4725 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4726 is drastically increased, but given that these are
4727 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
4728 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4729 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
4730 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
4731 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
4732 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4733 during a transitional period!
4734
4735 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
4736 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4737 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4738 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4739 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4740 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4741 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4742 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4743
4744 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
4745
4746 CHANGES WITH 209:
4747
4748 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4749 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
4750 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4751 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4752 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
4753 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4754 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4755 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
4756 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4757 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
4758 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4759 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
4760
4761 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4762 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
4763 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4764 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4765 machines and the like.
4766
4767 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4768 shutdown/boot.
4769
4770 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4771 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
4772
4773 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4774 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4775 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
4776 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4777
4778 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4779 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
4780 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4781 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
4782 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
4783 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4784
4785 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4786 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4787 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
4788 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
4789 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4790 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4791 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4792 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
4793 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
4794
4795 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4796 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
4797
4798 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4799 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4800 implementation.
4801
4802 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4803 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
4804 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4805 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4806 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4807 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4808 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4809 and .service units.
4810
4811 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4812 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4813 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4814
4815 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
4816 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
4817 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
4818 nothing makes use of it.
4819
4820 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4821 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4822 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4823
4824 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4825 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4826 compatibility purposes.
4827
4828 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4829 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4830 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
4831 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
4832 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4833 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4834 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4835 process handling.
4836
4837 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4838 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4839 style to "sd-bus.h".
4840
4841 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4842 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
4843 "systemd-networkd".
4844
4845 * There is a new kernel command line option
4846 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4847 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4848 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4849 are not restored.
4850
4851 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4852 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4853 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4854 PID1's support for that anymore.
4855
4856 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
4857 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4858
4859 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4860 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4861 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4862 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4863 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4864 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4865
4866 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4867 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
4868 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4869 onto remote systems.
4870
4871 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4872 login in any local container. This works with any container
4873 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
4874 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
4875
4876 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4877 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4878 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4879 system of some kind.
4880
4881 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4882 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4883 next.
4884
4885 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4886 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4887 reboot() system call.
4888
4889 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4890 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
4891 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
4892 still available but not advertised anymore.
4893
4894 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4895 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
4896 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
4897 within each Unit.
4898
4899 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4900 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
4901 the kernel).
4902
4903 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
4904 timestamps (following the setting in
4905 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
4906
4907 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4908 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4909
4910 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4911 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4912
4913 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4914 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4915 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4916
4917 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4918 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
4919 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4920 the full configuration is shown.
4921
4922 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4923 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
4924 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4925
4926 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
4927
4928 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4929 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4930
4931 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
4932 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4933 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4934 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4935
4936 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4937 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4938 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4939 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4940
4941 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4942 of the legend text.
4943
4944 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4945 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4946 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4947 remote sessions.
4948
4949 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4950 information of SDIO devices.
4951
4952 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4953 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4954 the system manager.
4955
4956 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
4957 short description of the connection parameters in the
4958 description.
4959
4960 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
4961 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4962 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
4963 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4964 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4965 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4966 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
4967
4968 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4969 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
4970 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4971 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4972 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4973 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
4974 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
4975 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
4976 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4977
4978 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4979 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4980 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4981 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
4982 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4983 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
4984 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
4985 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
4986 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4987 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4988 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4989 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4990 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4991 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4992 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4993 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4994 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4995 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4996 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
4997 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4998 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
4999 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
5000 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
5001
5002 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
5003 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
5004 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
5005 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
5006 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
5007 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
5008 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5009 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
5010 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
5011 that you are aware of the instability of the current
5012 APIs.
5013
5014 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
5015 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
5016 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
5017 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
5018 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
5019 declare the APIs stable.
5020
5021 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
5022 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
5023 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
5024 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
5025 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
5026 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
5027 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
5028 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
5029 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
5030 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
5031 one of them is updated.
5032
5033 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
5034 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
5035 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
5036 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
5037 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
5038
5039 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
5040 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
5041 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
5042 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
5043 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
5044 entry points.
5045
5046 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
5047 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
5048 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
5049 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
5050 been disabled at compile-time.
5051
5052 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
5053 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
5054 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
5055 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
5056
5057 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
5058 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
5059 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
5060
5061 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
5062 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
5063 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
5064
5065 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
5066 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
5067 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
5068
5069 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
5070 remains until jobs expire.
5071
5072 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
5073 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
5074 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
5075 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
5076 all remaining processes of the service.
5077
5078 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
5079 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
5080 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
5081 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
5082 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
5083 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
5084 manager process which created them takes no further
5085 responsibilities for it.
5086
5087 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
5088 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
5089 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
5090 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
5091 marked executable or world-writable.
5092
5093 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
5094 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
5095 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
5096 "--setenv=" for consistency.
5097
5098 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
5099 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
5100 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
5101 independent of the host.
5102
5103 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
5104 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
5105 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
5106 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
5107
5108 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
5109 with specific SELinux labels set.
5110
5111 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
5112 any additional output but the container's own console
5113 output.
5114
5115 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
5116 container without PID namespacing enabled.
5117
5118 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
5119 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
5120 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
5121 OS images, but only specific apps.
5122
5123 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
5124 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
5125 results in registration of the unit service itself in
5126 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
5127
5128 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
5129 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
5130 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
5131 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
5132 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
5133 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
5134
5135 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
5136 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
5137 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
5138 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
5139 units to use.
5140
5141 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
5142 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
5143 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
5144 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
5145
5146 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
5147 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
5148 context for a service.
5149
5150 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
5151 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
5152 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
5153 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
5154 influence this logic.
5155
5156 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
5157 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
5158 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
5159 other things.
5160
5161 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
5162 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
5163 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
5164 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
5165 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
5166 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
5167 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
5168 architectures). There is also a global
5169 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
5170 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
5171
5172 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
5173 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
5174
5175 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
5176 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
5177 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5178 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
5179 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
5180 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
5181 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
5182 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
5183 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5184 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
5185 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
5186 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5187 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5188 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
5189 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5190 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
5191 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
5192 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
5193 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
5194 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
5195 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5196 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
5197 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
5198 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5199
5200 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
5201
5202 CHANGES WITH 208:
5203
5204 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
5205 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
5206 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
5207 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
5208 access input and drm devices which are normally
5209 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
5210 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
5211 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
5212 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
5213 session switching without allowing background sessions to
5214 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
5215 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
5216 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
5217
5218 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
5219 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
5220 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
5221
5222 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
5223 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
5224 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
5225 kernel version number.
5226
5227 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
5228 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
5229 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
5230
5231 * This release removes high-level support for the
5232 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
5233 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
5234 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
5235 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
5236
5237 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
5238 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
5239 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
5240 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5241 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
5242 cgroup system.
5243
5244 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5245 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5246 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5247 logs among other things.
5248
5249 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5250 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5251 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5252 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5253 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5254 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5255 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5256 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5257 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5258 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5259 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5260 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5261 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5262 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5263 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5264 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5265 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5266 not delayed until next reboot.
5267
5268 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5269 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5270 systemd generated files in one directory.
5271
5272 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5273 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5274 performance information if that's available to determine how
5275 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5276 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5277 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5278
5279 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5280 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5281 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5282 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5283 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5284 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5285 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5286
5287 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
5288
5289 CHANGES WITH 207:
5290
5291 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
5292 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
5293 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5294 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5295
5296 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5297 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5298 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5299 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5300 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5301
5302 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5303 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5304
5305 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5306 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5307 maximum number of tries.
5308
5309 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5310 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5311 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5312
5313 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5314 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5315
5316 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5317 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
5318 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
5319
5320 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5321 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
5322 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5323
5324 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5325 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
5326 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
5327 and type).
5328
5329 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
5330 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5331
5332 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5333 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
5334 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
5335 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5336
5337 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5338 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5339 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5340 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5341 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5342 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5343 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5344 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5345
5346 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5347 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5348 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5349 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5350
5351 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5352 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5353 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5354 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5355 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5356 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5357 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
5358
5359 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5360 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5361
5362 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5363 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5364 automatically after the process terminated.
5365
5366 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5367 certain paths from operation.
5368
5369 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
5370 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5371 is received.
5372
5373 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5374 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5375 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5376 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5377 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5378 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5379 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5380 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5381 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5382 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5383 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5384 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5385 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5386
5387 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
5388
5389 CHANGES WITH 206:
5390
5391 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5392 concepts introduced with 205.
5393
5394 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5395 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5396 -r".
5397
5398 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5399 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
5400 --state= parameter.
5401
5402 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5403 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5404 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5405 the journal.
5406
5407 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5408 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5409 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5410
5411 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5412 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5413 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5414 browsing logs from that point on.
5415
5416 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5417 of an FSS key.
5418
5419 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5420 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5421 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5422 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5423 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
5424 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
5425 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5426 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5427 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5428 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5429 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5430 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5431 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5432 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5433
5434 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5435 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
5436 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
5437 backing module right-away.
5438
5439 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5440 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5441
5442 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5443 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5444
5445 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5446 set of processes in the message metadata.
5447
5448 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5449
5450 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5451 support for passing performance data via environment
5452 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5453 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5454 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5455 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5456 deserialize it again.
5457
5458 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5459 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5460 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5461 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
5462
5463 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5464 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5465 completely silent shutdown when used.
5466
5467 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5468 option in .socket units.
5469
5470 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5471 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5472 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5473 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5474 system.slice as before.
5475
5476 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5477
5478 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5479 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5480 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5481 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5482 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5483 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5484 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5485
5486 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
5487
5488 CHANGES WITH 205:
5489
5490 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5491
5492 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
5493 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
5494 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5495 possible for system services and applications to group their
5496 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5497 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5498 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5499
5500 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
5501 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
5502 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5503 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5504 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5505
5506 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5507 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5508 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5509 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5510
5511 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5512 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5513 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5514 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5515 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5516 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5517 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5518 and useful as a general batch manager.
5519
5520 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5521 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5522 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5523 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5524 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5525 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5526 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5527 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5528 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5529 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5530
5531 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5532 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5533 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5534 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5535 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5536 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5537 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5538 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5539 is compile-time optional.
5540
5541 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5542 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5543 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5544 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5545 well as slice units.
5546
5547 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5548 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5549 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5550 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5551 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5552 command that wraps this call.
5553
5554 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5555 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5556 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5557 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5558 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5559 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5560 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5561
5562 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5563 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5564 off audit.
5565
5566 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5567 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5568
5569 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
5570 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5571 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5572 and system logs.
5573
5574 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5575 snippets extending unit files.
5576
5577 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5578 not available as public API.
5579
5580 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
5581 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
5582 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5583
5584 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5585 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5586 controls what to boot into by default.
5587
5588 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5589 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5590
5591 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5592 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5593 about the unit file loading.
5594
5595 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5596 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5597 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5598 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5599 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5600 racy due to journal file rotation.
5601
5602 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5603 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5604 all services.
5605
5606 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5607 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5608 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5609 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5610 system services want to log events about specific client
5611 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5612 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5613 unit is requested.
5614
5615 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5616 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5617 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5618 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5619 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5620 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5621 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5622 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5623 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5624 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5625 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5626 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5627 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5628
5629 CHANGES WITH 204:
5630
5631 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5632 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5633
5634 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5635 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5636 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5637
5638 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5639 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5640
5641 CHANGES WITH 203:
5642
5643 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5644 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5645
5646 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5647 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5648 fields, including the root directory.
5649
5650 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5651 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
5652 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
5653 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5654 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5655 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5656 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5657 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5658 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5659 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5660 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5661
5662 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5663 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5664
5665 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5666 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5667
5668 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5669 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5670 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5671 the local hostname.
5672
5673 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5674 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5675 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5676 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5677 VMs/containers coming and going.
5678
5679 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5680 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5681 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5682
5683 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5684 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5685 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5686 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5687
5688 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5689 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5690 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5691
5692 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5693 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5694 services. With the container's root directory in
5695 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5696 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5697
5698 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5699 the processes within a certain container.
5700
5701 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5702 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5703 check though. Patches welcome!
5704
5705 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5706 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5707 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5708 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5709 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5710
5711 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5712 the passed argument if applicable.
5713
5714 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5715 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5716 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5717 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5718 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5719 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5720 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5721 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5722
5723 CHANGES WITH 202:
5724
5725 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5726 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5727 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5728 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5729 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5730 units activate.
5731
5732 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5733 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5734 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5735 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5736 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5737 for now, and not installable.
5738
5739 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5740 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5741 can run in conjunction with udev.
5742
5743 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5744 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5745 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5746 session manager.
5747
5748 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5749 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5750 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5751 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5752 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5753 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5754 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
5755 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
5756 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5757 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5758 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5759
5760 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5761
5762 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5763 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5764 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5765 logical expressions.
5766
5767 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5768 switches.
5769
5770 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5771 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
5772 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
5773 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5774 the user.
5775
5776 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5777 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5778 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5779 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5780 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5781 an entry.
5782
5783 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5784 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5785 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5786 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5787 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5788 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5789
5790 CHANGES WITH 201:
5791
5792 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5793 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5794 directory.
5795
5796 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5797 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5798 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5799 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5800 problem.
5801
5802 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5803 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5804 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5805 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5806
5807 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5808 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5809
5810 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5811 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5812 files in this context are files such as
5813 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5814
5815 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5816 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5817 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5818 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5819 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5820 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5821
5822 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5823 hostnames.
5824
5825 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5826 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5827 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5828 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5829 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5830 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5831 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5832 all time-related output of systemd.
5833
5834 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5835 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5836 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5837 loops.
5838
5839 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5840 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5841
5842 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5843 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
5844 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
5845 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5846 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5847
5848 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5849 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5850 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5851 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5852 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5853 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5854 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5855
5856 CHANGES WITH 200:
5857
5858 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5859 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5860 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5861 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5862 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5863 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5864
5865 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5866 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5867 images.
5868
5869 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5870 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5871 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5872
5873 CHANGES WITH 199:
5874
5875 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5876
5877 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5878 security policy.
5879
5880 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5881 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5882 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5883 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5884 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5885 the same service can still access). When a service is
5886 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
5887 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
5888 this though).
5889
5890 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5891 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5892 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5893 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5894 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5895 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5896
5897 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
5898 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
5899
5900 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5901 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5902
5903 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5904
5905 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
5906 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5907 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5908 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5909 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
5910
5911 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5912 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5913 system is to be mounted.
5914
5915 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5916 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5917 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5918 purpose for socket units.
5919
5920 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5921 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5922
5923 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5924 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
5925 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
5926 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
5927 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
5928
5929 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5930 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5931 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5932 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5933 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5934 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5935 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5936 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5937 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5938
5939 CHANGES WITH 198:
5940
5941 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5942 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5943 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5944 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5945 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
5946 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
5947 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5948 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5949 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
5950 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5951 unit files locally: copying the files from
5952 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5953 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5954 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5955 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
5956 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
5957 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5958 for them too.
5959
5960 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
5961 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
5962 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5963 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5964 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5965 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5966 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
5967 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5968 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
5969
5970 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5971 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5972
5973 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
5974 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5975 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5976 other users.
5977
5978 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5979 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5980 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5981 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5982 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
5983 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
5984 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5985 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
5986 management logic is also available to other programs via the
5987 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5988 supported.
5989
5990 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
5991 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5992 the foreground VT.
5993
5994 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5995 call.
5996
5997 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5998 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5999 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
6000 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
6001 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
6002 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6003 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
6004 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
6005 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
6006 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6007 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6008 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6009 also been removed.
6010
6011 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6012 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
6013 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6014 objects themselves.
6015
6016 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
6017
6018 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
6019 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
6020 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
6021 to how this is supported in shells.
6022
6023 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
6024 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
6025 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
6026 user systemd instance.
6027
6028 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
6029 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
6030 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
6031 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
6032 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
6033 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
6034 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
6035 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
6036 one day for good in the kernel.
6037
6038 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
6039 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
6040 container.
6041
6042 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6043 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
6044 the host into the container.
6045
6046 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6047 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
6048 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
6049 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
6050 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
6051 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
6052
6053 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
6054
6055 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
6056 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6057 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
6058 configured to be mounted there.
6059
6060 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
6061 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
6062 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
6063 system resume events.
6064
6065 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
6066 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
6067 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
6068 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
6069
6070 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
6071 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
6072 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
6073 card).
6074
6075 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
6076 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
6077 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
6078
6079 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
6080 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
6081 later "change" event.
6082
6083 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
6084 now carry a message ID.
6085
6086 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
6087 continues to be work in progress.
6088
6089 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
6090 root directory to operate relative to.
6091
6092 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
6093 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
6094 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
6095 times a little.
6096
6097 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
6098 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
6099 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
6100 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
6101 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
6102 request boot into firmware operations.
6103
6104 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
6105 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
6106 correctly in initrds.
6107
6108 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
6109 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
6110
6111 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
6112 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
6113
6114 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
6115 the status of all active or failed units.
6116
6117 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
6118 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
6119 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6120 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
6121 requests more robust.
6122
6123 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
6124 reading journal files.
6125
6126 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
6127 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
6128
6129 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
6130
6131 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6132 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
6133
6134 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
6135 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
6136 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
6137 socket activation in daemons.
6138
6139 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
6140 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
6141
6142 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
6143 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
6144 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
6145
6146 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
6147 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
6148 system units.
6149
6150 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
6151 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
6152 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
6153
6154 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
6155 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
6156 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6157 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
6158 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
6159 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
6160 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
6161 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
6162 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
6163 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
6164 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6165 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
6166 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
6167 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
6168 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
6169 package installation time.
6170
6171 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
6172 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
6173 scripts need to create these system user/group at
6174 installation time.
6175
6176 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
6177 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
6178
6179 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
6180
6181 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
6182 available.
6183
6184 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
6185 load SMACK policies at early boot.
6186
6187 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
6188 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
6189 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
6190 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
6191 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6192 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
6193 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
6194 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
6195 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
6196 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
6197 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
6198 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6199 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
6200 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
6201
6202 CHANGES WITH 197:
6203
6204 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
6205 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
6206 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
6207 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
6208 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
6209 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
6210 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
6211 the supported calendar time specification language see
6212 systemd.time(7).
6213
6214 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
6215 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
6216 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
6217 document for details:
6218
6219 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
6220
6221 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
6222 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
6223 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
6224 implementations around and minimal in its code and
6225 dependencies.
6226
6227 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
6228 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
6229 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
6230 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
6231 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
6232 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
6233 with a configure switch.
6234
6235 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
6236 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
6237 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
6238 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
6239 such as ext4.
6240
6241 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6242 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6243 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6244
6245 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6246 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6247
6248 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6249 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6250 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6251 using only core OS tools.
6252
6253 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6254 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6255 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6256 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6257 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6258 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6259 eventually.
6260
6261 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6262 presenting log data.
6263
6264 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
6265 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
6266
6267 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6268 system on idle.
6269
6270 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6271 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6272 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6273 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6274 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6275 information if possible.
6276
6277 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6278 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6279 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6280
6281 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6282 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6283 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6284 is running on battery power.
6285
6286 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6287 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6288 is in the "failed" state.
6289
6290 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6291 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6292 environment files at once.
6293
6294 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6295 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6296 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6297 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6298 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6299 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6300 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6301 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6302 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6303 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6304 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6305 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6306 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6307
6308 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6309 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6310
6311 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6312 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6313
6314 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6315 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6316 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6317 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
6318 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6319 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
6320 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6321 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6322 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6323 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6324 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6325 shipped from us upstream.
6326
6327 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6328 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6329 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6330 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6331 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6332 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6333 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6334 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6335 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6336 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6337 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6338 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6339 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6340
6341 CHANGES WITH 196:
6342
6343 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6344 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6345 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6346 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6347 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6348 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6349 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6350 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
6351 database was only attached to select devices, since the
6352 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
6353 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6354 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6355 data for all devices where this is available, by
6356 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6357 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6358 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6359 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6360 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6361 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6362
6363 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6364 indexed database to link up additional information with
6365 journal entries. For further details please check:
6366
6367 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
6368
6369 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6370 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6371 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6372 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6373 macro for this purpose.
6374
6375 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6376 Python logging framework.
6377
6378 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6379 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6380 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6381 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
6382 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
6383 time intervals.
6384
6385 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6386 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6387 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6388
6389 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6390 right-away on the selected coredump.
6391
6392 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6393 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6394 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6395
6396 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6397 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6398 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6399 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6400
6401 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6402 default.
6403
6404 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6405 SMACK security label.
6406
6407 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6408 daylight saving change.
6409
6410 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6411 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6412 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6413 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6414 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6415 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6416 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6417
6418 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6419 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6420 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6421 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6422 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6423 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
6424 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
6425 PolicyKit is not around.
6426
6427 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6428 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6429
6430 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6431 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6432 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6433 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6434 offline updating tools.
6435
6436 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6437 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6438 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6439 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6440 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6441 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6442
6443 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6444 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6445
6446 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6447 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6448 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6449 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6450 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6451 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6452 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6453 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6454 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6455
6456 CHANGES WITH 195:
6457
6458 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
6459 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6460 units via --unit=/-u.
6461
6462 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
6463 right thing.
6464
6465 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6466 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6467 rotation.
6468
6469 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6470 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6471 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6472 completion of journalctl has been updated
6473 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6474 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6475
6476 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6477 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6478
6479 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6480 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6481 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6482 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6483 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6484 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6485 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6486 completion.
6487
6488 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6489 extract coredumps from the journal.
6490
6491 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6492 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6493 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6494 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6495 scratch their heads.
6496
6497 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6498 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6499
6500 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6501 in immediate termination of systemd.
6502
6503 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6504 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6505
6506 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6507 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6508 mouse screen support has been added.
6509
6510 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6511 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6512
6513 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
6514 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6515 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6516 "systemctl reload".
6517
6518 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
6519 -u" instead.
6520
6521 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6522 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6523 configured.
6524
6525 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6526 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6527
6528 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6529 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
6530 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6531 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6532 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6533 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6534 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
6535
6536 CHANGES WITH 194:
6537
6538 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6539 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6540 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6541 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6542 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6543 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6544 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6545 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6546 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6547 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6548 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6549 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6550
6551 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6552 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6553 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6554
6555 CHANGES WITH 193:
6556
6557 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6558 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6559
6560 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6561 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6562 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6563
6564 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6565 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6566 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6567 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6568 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6569 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6570 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6571
6572 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6573 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6574
6575 This will download the journal contents in a
6576 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6577
6578 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6579
6580 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6581 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6582 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6583 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6584 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6585
6586 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6587
6588 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6589 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6590
6591 CHANGES WITH 192:
6592
6593 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6594 too.
6595
6596 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
6597 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6598 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
6599 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
6600 just start them.
6601
6602 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6603 and line break accordingly.
6604
6605 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6606 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
6607
6608 CHANGES WITH 191:
6609
6610 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6611 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6612 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6613 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6614 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6615
6616 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6617 will default to 10 if omitted.
6618
6619 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6620 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6621 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6622 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6623 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
6624
6625 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6626 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6627 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6628 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6629 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6630 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6631 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
6632
6633 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6634 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6635 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
6636 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
6637 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6638 into two.
6639
6640 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6641 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
6642
6643 CHANGES WITH 190:
6644
6645 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
6646 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6647 "systemctl status".
6648
6649 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6650 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
6651 system to another place in the same file system could not be
6652 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6653 field.)
6654
6655 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6656 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6657 default.
6658
6659 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6660 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6661 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6662 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6663 in a container.
6664
6665 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6666 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6667 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6668 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6669 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6670 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6671
6672 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6673 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6674 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6675 no-op.
6676
6677 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6678 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6679 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6680 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6681 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6682
6683 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6684 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6685
6686 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6687 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6688 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6689 command.
6690
6691 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6692 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6693 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6694
6695 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6696
6697 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6698 multiple files at once.
6699
6700 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6701 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6702 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6703 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6704 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6705 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6706 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6707
6708 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6709 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6710 now support specifiers as well.
6711
6712 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6713 dir: %_presetdir.
6714
6715 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
6716 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
6717
6718 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6719 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6720 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6721 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6722 anymore.
6723
6724 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
6725 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6726 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6727 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6728
6729 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6730 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6731 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6732
6733 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6734 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6735 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6736 sockets.
6737
6738 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6739 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6740 is changed.
6741
6742 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6743 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6744 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6745 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6746 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
6747 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
6748 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6749
6750 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6751
6752 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6753 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6754
6755 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6756 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6757
6758 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6759 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6760 (%b).
6761
6762 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
6763 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6764 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6765 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6766 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6767 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6768 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6769
6770 CHANGES WITH 189:
6771
6772 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6773 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6774
6775 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6776 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6777 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6778 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6779 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6780 syslog daemons again.
6781
6782 * The libudev API gained the new
6783 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6784
6785 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6786 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6787 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6788 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6789
6790 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6791 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6792 container.
6793
6794 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6795 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6796 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6797 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6798 this explaining it in more detail.
6799
6800 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6801 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6802 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6803 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6804
6805 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6806 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6807 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6808 journal files.
6809
6810 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6811 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6812 as container init process a lot more fun.
6813
6814 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6815 entries.
6816
6817 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6818 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6819 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6820 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6821 different sets of services.
6822
6823 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6824 failure state.
6825
6826 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
6827 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6828 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6829
6830 CHANGES WITH 188:
6831
6832 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6833 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6834 tree a lot more organized.
6835
6836 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6837 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6838
6839 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6840 services.
6841
6842 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6843 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6844 filtering by log level now.
6845
6846 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6847 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6848 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6849
6850 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
6851 command lines involving service unit names.
6852
6853 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6854 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6855
6856 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6857 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6858 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6859
6860 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6861 option.
6862
6863 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6864 a shutdown is cancelled.
6865
6866 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6867 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6868 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6869 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6870 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6871
6872 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6873 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6874 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6875 for display managers instead.
6876
6877 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6878 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6879 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6880 protection, and suchlike.
6881
6882 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6883 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6884 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6885 the service.
6886
6887 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6888 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6889 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6890 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6891 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6892 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6893
6894 CHANGES WITH 187:
6895
6896 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6897 pages.
6898
6899 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6900 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6901 data loss.
6902
6903 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
6904 option.
6905
6906 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6907
6908 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6909 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6910
6911 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6912 specific directory.
6913
6914 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6915 messages of two different boots.
6916
6917 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6918 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6919 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6920
6921 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6922 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6923 disjunctions.
6924
6925 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6926 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6927 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6928
6929 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6930 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6931 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6932
6933 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6934 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6935 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6936 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6937 speed things up a bit.
6938
6939 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6940 header data of journal files.
6941
6942 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6943 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6944 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6945
6946 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6947 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6948 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6949 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6950
6951 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6952
6953 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6954 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6955 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6956 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6957
6958 CHANGES WITH 186:
6959
6960 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6961 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6962 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6963 prefixed with rd.
6964
6965 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6966 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6967
6968 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6969
6970 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6971
6972 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
6973
6974 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6975 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6976 as well.
6977
6978 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6979 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6980 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6981
6982 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6983 does the right thing. Example:
6984
6985 udevadm info /dev/sda
6986 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6987
6988 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6989 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6990 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6991 running.
6992
6993 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6994 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6995
6996 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6997 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6998
6999 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
7000 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
7001 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
7002 files.
7003
7004 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
7005 be stopped that is not loaded.
7006
7007 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7008
7009 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7010
7011 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7012 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7013 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7014 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
7015
7016 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
7017 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
7018 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
7019 completed initialization.
7020
7021 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
7022
7023 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
7024 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
7025 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
7026 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
7027 distributions.
7028
7029 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
7030 always valid when services log to the journal via
7031 STDOUT/STDERR.
7032
7033 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
7034 command line options we understand.
7035
7036 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
7037 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
7038
7039 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
7040 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
7041
7042 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
7043 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
7044 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
7045 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
7046
7047 systemctl status /home
7048 systemctl status /dev/sda
7049
7050 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
7051 system.conf parsing.
7052
7053 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
7054 Manager object.
7055
7056 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
7057
7058 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
7059
7060 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
7061 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
7062 complete.
7063
7064 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
7065 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
7066 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
7067 systemd-fsck@.service.
7068
7069 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
7070 Manager object.
7071
7072 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
7073 work sensibly.
7074
7075 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
7076 we actually understand.
7077
7078 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
7079 additional capabilities to the container.
7080
7081 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
7082 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
7083 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
7084
7085 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
7086 the current boot only.
7087
7088 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
7089 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
7090
7091 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
7092 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
7093 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
7094 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
7095 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
7096
7097 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7098
7099 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
7100 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7101 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
7102 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
7103
7104 CHANGES WITH 185:
7105
7106 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
7107 available.
7108
7109 * Several new man pages have been added.
7110
7111 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
7112 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
7113 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
7114 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
7115
7116 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
7117 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
7118
7119 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
7120 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7121 Matthias Clasen
7122
7123 CHANGES WITH 184:
7124
7125 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
7126 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
7127
7128 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
7129 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
7130 daemon.
7131
7132 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
7133 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
7134
7135 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
7136 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
7137 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
7138 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
7139
7140 CHANGES WITH 183:
7141
7142 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
7143 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
7144 and systemd's most recent version number.
7145
7146 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
7147 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
7148 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
7149 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
7150 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
7151 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
7152
7153 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
7154 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
7155 subsystems.
7156
7157 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
7158 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
7159 used to subscribe to events.
7160
7161 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
7162 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
7163 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
7164 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
7165 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
7166 forked by udev rules.
7167
7168 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
7169 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
7170 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
7171 it.
7172
7173 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
7174 udev_monitor_from_socket()
7175 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
7176 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
7177 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
7178
7179 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
7180 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
7181
7182 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
7183 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
7184 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
7185 the files to the new names on upgrade.
7186
7187 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
7188 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
7189 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
7190 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
7191 to be used as drop-in files.
7192
7193 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
7194 particular suspending and hibernating.
7195
7196 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
7197 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
7198 about this in more detail.
7199
7200 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
7201 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
7202 places). Distributions which have not converted these
7203 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
7204 from git history and add them downstream.
7205
7206 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
7207 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
7208 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
7209 units.
7210
7211 * All smaller setup units (such as
7212 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
7213 are run in a container and are skipped when
7214 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
7215 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
7216
7217 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
7218 integrated, for details see:
7219 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
7220
7221 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
7222 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
7223 messages.
7224
7225 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
7226 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
7227 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
7228 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
7229 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
7230
7231 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
7232 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
7233 for all units started by PID 1.
7234
7235 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
7236 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
7237 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
7238
7239 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7240 of PID 1 anymore.
7241
7242 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7243 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
7244 have not been read by systemd yet.
7245
7246 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7247 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7248 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7249 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7250 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7251 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7252
7253 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7254 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7255
7256 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7257
7258 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7259 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7260 so sexy.
7261
7262 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7263 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7264 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7265 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7266 patterns.
7267
7268 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7269 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7270 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7271 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7272
7273 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7274 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7275
7276 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7277 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7278 in systemd now.
7279
7280 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7281 ID on the command line.
7282
7283 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
7284 for an init system.
7285
7286 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7287 vt100.
7288
7289 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7290
7291 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
7292 components now have directories of their own.
7293
7294 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7295
7296 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7297 container in other hierarchies.
7298
7299 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7300 system.conf.
7301
7302 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7303
7304 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7305 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7306
7307 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
7308 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7309
7310 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7311 locally generated journal files.
7312
7313 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7314
7315 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7316
7317 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7318 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7319 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7320 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7321 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7322 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7323 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7324 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7325 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7326 Gundersen
7327
7328 CHANGES WITH 44:
7329
7330 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7331
7332 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7333 KVM or container configured UUID.
7334
7335 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7336
7337 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7338
7339 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
7340 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7341
7342 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
7343
7344 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7345 folks
7346
7347 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
7348 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
7349 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7350
7351 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7352 configuration
7353
7354 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7355 free fashion
7356
7357 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7358 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
7359 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
7360 automatically generated data.
7361
7362 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7363 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7364 however.
7365
7366 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7367 tarball.
7368
7369 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7370 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7371 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7372 Reding
7373
7374 CHANGES WITH 43:
7375
7376 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7377
7378 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7379
7380 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7381
7382 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
7383 normal user logins.
7384
7385 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7386 Biebl
7387
7388 CHANGES WITH 42:
7389
7390 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7391
7392 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7393 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7394 xsltproc.
7395
7396 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7397 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7398 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7399
7400 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7401 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7402 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7403
7404 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7405
7406 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7407 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7408 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7409
7410 CHANGES WITH 41:
7411
7412 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7413 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7414 package update.
7415
7416 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7417 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7418 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7419
7420 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7421 complete.
7422
7423 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7424 understood to set system wide environment variables
7425 dynamically at boot.
7426
7427 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
7428
7429 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7430 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7431 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7432 files.
7433
7434 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7435 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7436 William Douglas
7437
7438 CHANGES WITH 40:
7439
7440 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7441
7442 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7443 "Result" D-Bus property.
7444
7445 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7446 the next few releases.)
7447
7448 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7449 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7450 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7451 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7452
7453 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7454 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7455 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7456
7457 CHANGES WITH 39:
7458
7459 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7460 bugfixes.
7461
7462 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7463 resource usage.
7464
7465 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7466 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7467 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7468 journals by the respective users.
7469
7470 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7471 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7472 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7473
7474 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7475 client for all entries.
7476
7477 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7478
7479 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7480 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7481
7482 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7483 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7484 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7485 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7486
7487 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7488 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7489 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7490
7491 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7492 journal along with meta data.
7493
7494 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7495 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7496 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7497
7498 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7499 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7500 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7501
7502 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7503
7504 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7505 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7506 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7507 or fsck.
7508
7509 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
7510 requested with new -k switch.
7511
7512 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7513 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7514
7515 CHANGES WITH 38:
7516
7517 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7518 bugfixes.
7519
7520 * The git repository moved to:
7521 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7522 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7523
7524 * First release with the journal
7525 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7526
7527 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7528 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7529
7530 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7531
7532 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7533
7534 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7535 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7536 remote mounts.
7537
7538 * Added Mageia support
7539
7540 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7541
7542 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7543 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7544 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7545 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7546 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7547
7548 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7549 of existing distributions.
7550
7551 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7552 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7553
7554 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7555 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7556 boot.
7557
7558 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7559
7560 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7561 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7562 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7563 among other things.
7564
7565 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7566 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7567
7568 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7569
7570 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
7571 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7572 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7573
7574 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7575 restored.
7576
7577 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7578 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7579 kmod
7580
7581 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
7582 of /usr/local by default.
7583
7584 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7585 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7586 in:
7587 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7588
7589 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7590 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7591 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7592 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7593 supported anyway, and bad style).
7594
7595 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7596 reloading of units together.
7597
7598 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
7599 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7600 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7601 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7602 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek